ld insert_os_after ignoring first assignment
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1781 {
1782 if (!ignore_first)
1783 assign = where;
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 }
1786 }
1787 continue;
1788 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_input_section_enum:
1790 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1794 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1795 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1796 assign = NULL;
1797 ignore_first = FALSE;
1798 continue;
1799 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1800 if (assign != NULL)
1801 {
1802 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1803
1804 if (s == NULL
1805 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1806 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1807 where = assign;
1808 }
1809 break;
1810 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1814 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1815 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1816 continue;
1817 }
1818 break;
1819 }
1820
1821 return where;
1822 }
1823
1824 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1825 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1826 const char *secname,
1827 int constraint,
1828 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1829 struct orphan_save *place,
1830 etree_type *address,
1831 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1832 {
1833 lang_statement_list_type add;
1834 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1835 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1836
1837 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1838 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1839 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1840 if (after != NULL)
1841 {
1842 lang_list_init (&add);
1843 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1844 }
1845
1846 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1847 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1848 address = exp_intop (0);
1849
1850 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1851 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1852 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1853 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1854
1855 if (add_child == NULL)
1856 add_child = &os->children;
1857 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1858
1859 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1860 {
1861 const char *region = (after->region
1862 ? after->region->name_list.name
1863 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1864 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1865 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1866 : NULL);
1867 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1868 lma_region);
1869 }
1870 else
1871 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1872 NULL);
1873
1874 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1875 if (after != NULL)
1876 pop_stat_ptr ();
1877
1878 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1879 {
1880 asection *snew, *as;
1881 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1882
1883 snew = os->bfd_section;
1884
1885 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1886 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1887 if (place->section == NULL
1888 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1889 ->output_section_statement))
1890 {
1891 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1892
1893 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1894 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1895 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1896 output section. */
1897 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1898 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1899
1900 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1901 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1902 }
1903
1904 if (place->section == NULL)
1905 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1906
1907 as = *place->section;
1908
1909 if (!as)
1910 {
1911 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1912
1913 /* Unlink the section. */
1914 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1915
1916 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1917 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1918 }
1919 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1920 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1921 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1922 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1923 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1924 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1925 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1926 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1927 {
1928 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1929 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1930 section after a note section, */
1931 asection *sec;
1932 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1933 should be placed. */
1934 asection *after_sec;
1935 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1936 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1937 bfd_boolean after_sec_note;
1938
1939 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1940 ascending order. */
1941 after_sec = NULL;
1942 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1944 {
1945 /* Search forward for the last output note section
1946 with equal or larger alignments. */
1947 asection *first_note = NULL;
1948
1949 for (sec = as;
1950 (sec != NULL
1951 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1952 sec = sec->next)
1953 if (sec != snew
1954 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1955 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1956 {
1957 if (!first_note)
1958 first_note = sec;
1959 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1960 after_sec = sec;
1961 }
1962
1963 if (after_sec)
1964 after_sec_note = TRUE;
1965 else
1966 {
1967 /* Search backward for the first output note section
1968 as well as the last output note section with equal
1969 or larger alignments. */
1970 after_sec = NULL;
1971 for (sec = as;
1972 (sec != NULL
1973 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1974 sec = sec->prev)
1975 if (sec != snew
1976 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1977 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1978 {
1979 first_note = sec;
1980 if (!after_sec
1981 && sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1982 after_sec = sec;
1983 }
1984
1985 /* If this will be the first note section, it can be
1986 placed at the default location. */
1987 after_sec_note = first_note != NULL;
1988 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1989 {
1990 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1991 alignments, place the section before all
1992 output note sections. AFTER_SEC will be
1993 NULL if FIRST_NOTE is the first output
1994 section. */
1995 after_sec = first_note->prev;
1996 }
1997 }
1998 }
1999 else
2000 {
2001 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of note
2002 sections. */
2003 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2004 after_sec = as;
2005 for (sec = as->next;
2006 (sec != NULL
2007 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2008 sec = sec->next)
2009 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2010 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2011 after_sec = sec;
2012 }
2013
2014 if (after_sec_note)
2015 {
2016 if (after_sec)
2017 {
2018 /* Insert OS after AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2019 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt;
2020 for (stmt = after;
2021 stmt != NULL;
2022 stmt = stmt->next)
2023 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2024 {
2025 place_after = TRUE;
2026 after = stmt;
2027 break;
2028 }
2029 }
2030
2031 if (after_sec == NULL || after_sec->next != snew)
2032 {
2033 /* Unlink the section. */
2034 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2035
2036 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2037 prepend SNEW. */
2038 if (after_sec)
2039 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2040 after_sec, snew);
2041 else
2042 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2043 }
2044 }
2045 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2046 {
2047 /* Unlink the section. */
2048 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2049
2050 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2051 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2052 as, snew);
2053 }
2054 }
2055 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2056 {
2057 /* Unlink the section. */
2058 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2059
2060 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2061 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2062 }
2063
2064 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2065 follow the one we've just added. */
2066 place->section = &snew->next;
2067
2068 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2069 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2070 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2071 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2072 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2073 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2074 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2075 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2076 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2077 if (add.head != NULL)
2078 {
2079 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2080
2081 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2082 if (place_after)
2083 {
2084 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2085
2086 *add.tail = *where;
2087 *where = add.head;
2088
2089 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2090 }
2091 else
2092 {
2093 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2094 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2095 *place->stmt = add.head;
2096 }
2097
2098 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2099 new list at the tail. */
2100 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2101 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2102
2103 /* Save the end of this list. */
2104 place->stmt = add.tail;
2105
2106 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2107 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2108 *os_tail = NULL;
2109 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2110 ((char *) place->os_tail
2111 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2112 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2113 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2114 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2115 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2116 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2117
2118 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2119 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2120 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2121 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2122 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2123 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2124 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2125 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2126 }
2127 }
2128 return os;
2129 }
2130
2131 static void
2132 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2133 {
2134 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2135
2136 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2137 return;
2138
2139 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2140
2141 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2142 {
2143 size_t len;
2144
2145 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2146 len = strlen (m->soname);
2147
2148 if (len >= 29)
2149 {
2150 print_nl ();
2151 len = 0;
2152 }
2153 while (len < 30)
2154 {
2155 print_space ();
2156 ++len;
2157 }
2158
2159 if (m->ref != NULL)
2160 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2161 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2162 }
2163 }
2164
2165 static void
2166 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2167 {
2168 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2169 minfo ("a");
2170
2171 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2172 minfo ("x");
2173
2174 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2175 minfo ("r");
2176
2177 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2178 minfo ("w");
2179
2180 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2181 minfo ("l");
2182 }
2183
2184 void
2185 lang_map (void)
2186 {
2187 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2188 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2189
2190 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2191 {
2192 asection *s;
2193
2194 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2195 || file->flags.just_syms)
2196 continue;
2197
2198 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2199 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2200 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2201 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2202 {
2203 if (!dis_header_printed)
2204 {
2205 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2206 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2207 }
2208
2209 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2210 }
2211 }
2212
2213 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2214 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2215 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2216
2217 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2218 {
2219 char buf[100];
2220 int len;
2221
2222 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2223
2224 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2225 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2226 len = strlen (buf);
2227 while (len < 16)
2228 {
2229 print_space ();
2230 ++len;
2231 }
2232
2233 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2234 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2235 {
2236 #ifndef BFD64
2237 minfo (" ");
2238 #endif
2239 if (m->flags)
2240 {
2241 print_space ();
2242 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2243 }
2244
2245 if (m->not_flags)
2246 {
2247 minfo (" !");
2248 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2249 }
2250 }
2251
2252 print_nl ();
2253 }
2254
2255 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2256
2257 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2258 {
2259 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2260 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2261 }
2262 lang_statement_iteration++;
2263 print_statements ();
2264
2265 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2266 config.map_file);
2267 }
2268
2269 static bfd_boolean
2270 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2271 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2272 {
2273 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2274 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2275 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2276 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2277 {
2278 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2279 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2280
2281 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2282 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2283 if (!ud)
2284 {
2285 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2286 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2287 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2288 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2289 }
2290 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2291 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2292
2293 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2294 def->entry = hash_entry;
2295 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2296 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2297 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2298 }
2299 return TRUE;
2300 }
2301
2302 /* Initialize an output section. */
2303
2304 static void
2305 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2306 {
2307 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2308 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2309
2310 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2311 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2312 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2313 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2314 s->name, flags);
2315 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2316 {
2317 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2318 " called %s: %E\n"),
2319 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2320 }
2321 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2322 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2323
2324 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2325 statement to avoid lookup. */
2326 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2327
2328 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2329 mention are initialized. */
2330 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2331 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2332
2333 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2334 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2335
2336 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2337 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2338 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2339 "section alignment");
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2343 initialized. */
2344
2345 static void
2346 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2347 {
2348 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2349 {
2350 case etree_assign:
2351 case etree_provide:
2352 case etree_provided:
2353 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2354 break;
2355
2356 case etree_binary:
2357 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2358 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2359 break;
2360
2361 case etree_trinary:
2362 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2363 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2364 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2365 break;
2366
2367 case etree_assert:
2368 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2369 break;
2370
2371 case etree_unary:
2372 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2373 break;
2374
2375 case etree_name:
2376 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2377 {
2378 case ADDR:
2379 case LOADADDR:
2380 case SIZEOF:
2381 {
2382 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2383
2384 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2385 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2386 init_os (os, 0);
2387 }
2388 }
2389 break;
2390
2391 default:
2392 break;
2393 }
2394 }
2395 \f
2396 static void
2397 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2398 {
2399 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2400
2401 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2402 discard all sections. */
2403 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2404 {
2405 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2406 return;
2407 }
2408
2409 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2410 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2411 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2412 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2413 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2414
2415 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2416 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2417 }
2418 \f
2419
2420 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2421 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2422
2423 static bfd_boolean
2424 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2425 {
2426 bfd_boolean discard;
2427 flagword flags = section->flags;
2428
2429 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2430 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2431
2432 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2433 sections from within the group. */
2434 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2435 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2436 discard = TRUE;
2437
2438 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2439 information. */
2440 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2441 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2442 discard = TRUE;
2443
2444 return discard;
2445 }
2446
2447 /* The wild routines.
2448
2449 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2450 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2451 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2452
2453 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2454 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2455
2456 void
2457 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2458 asection *section,
2459 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2460 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2461 {
2462 flagword flags = section->flags;
2463
2464 bfd_boolean discard;
2465 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2466 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2467
2468 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2469 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2470
2471 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2472 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2473 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2474 discard = TRUE;
2475
2476 if (discard)
2477 {
2478 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2479 {
2480 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2481 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2482 }
2483 return;
2484 }
2485
2486 if (sflag_info)
2487 {
2488 bfd_boolean keep;
2489
2490 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2491 if (!keep)
2492 return;
2493 }
2494
2495 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2496 return;
2497
2498 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2499 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2500 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2501 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2502 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2503 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2504 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2505
2506 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2507 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2508 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2509 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2510 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2511 {
2512 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2513 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2514 else
2515 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2516 }
2517 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2518 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2519
2520 switch (output->sectype)
2521 {
2522 case normal_section:
2523 case overlay_section:
2524 break;
2525 case noalloc_section:
2526 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2527 break;
2528 case noload_section:
2529 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2530 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2531 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2532 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2533 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2534 section. */
2535 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2536 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2537 else
2538 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2539 break;
2540 }
2541
2542 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2543 init_os (output, flags);
2544
2545 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2546 it from the output section. */
2547 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2548
2549 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2550 {
2551 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2552 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2553
2554 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2555 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2556 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2557 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2558 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2559 {
2560 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2561 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2562 }
2563 }
2564 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2565
2566 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2567 {
2568 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2569 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2570 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2571 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2572 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2573 link_info.output_bfd,
2574 output->bfd_section,
2575 &link_info);
2576 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2577 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2578 }
2579
2580 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2581 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2582 {
2583 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2584 output->block_value = 128;
2585 }
2586
2587 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2588 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2589
2590 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2591
2592 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2593 {
2594 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2595 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2596 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2597 section->map_tail.s = s;
2598 if (s != NULL)
2599 s->map_head.s = section;
2600 else
2601 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2602 }
2603
2604 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2605 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2606 new_section->section = section;
2607 }
2608
2609 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2610 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2611 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2612 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2613
2614 static lang_statement_union_type *
2615 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2616 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2617 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2618 asection *section)
2619 {
2620 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2621
2622 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2623 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2624 return NULL;
2625
2626 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2627 {
2628 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2629
2630 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2631 continue;
2632 ls = &l->input_section;
2633
2634 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2635 name. */
2636
2637 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2638 {
2639 const char *fn, *ln;
2640 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2641 int i;
2642
2643 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2644 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2645 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2646 archive. */
2647
2648 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2649 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2650 {
2651 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2652 fa = TRUE;
2653 }
2654 else
2655 {
2656 fn = file->filename;
2657 fa = FALSE;
2658 }
2659
2660 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2661 {
2662 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2663 la = TRUE;
2664 }
2665 else
2666 {
2667 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2668 la = FALSE;
2669 }
2670
2671 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2672 if (i > 0)
2673 continue;
2674 else if (i < 0)
2675 break;
2676
2677 if (fa || la)
2678 {
2679 if (fa)
2680 fn = file->filename;
2681 if (la)
2682 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2683
2684 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2685 if (i > 0)
2686 continue;
2687 else if (i < 0)
2688 break;
2689 }
2690 }
2691
2692 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2693 looking at the sections for this file. */
2694
2695 if (sec != NULL
2696 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2697 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2698 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2699 break;
2700 }
2701
2702 return l;
2703 }
2704
2705 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2706 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2707
2708 static void
2709 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2710 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2711 asection *section,
2712 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2713 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2714 void *output)
2715 {
2716 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2717 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2718
2719 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2720
2721 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2722 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2723 return;
2724
2725 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2726
2727 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2728 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2729 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2730 of the current list. */
2731
2732 if (before == NULL)
2733 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2734 else
2735 {
2736 lang_statement_list_type list;
2737 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2738
2739 lang_list_init (&list);
2740 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2741
2742 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2743 be NULL. */
2744 if (list.head != NULL)
2745 {
2746 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2747
2748 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2749 *pp != before;
2750 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2751 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2752
2753 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2754 *pp = list.head;
2755 }
2756 }
2757 }
2758
2759 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2760 are readonly. */
2761
2762 static void
2763 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2764 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2765 asection *section,
2766 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2767 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2768 void *output)
2769 {
2770 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2771
2772 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2773
2774 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2775 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2776 return;
2777
2778 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2779 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2780 }
2781
2782 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2783 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2784 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2785
2786 static lang_input_statement_type *
2787 lookup_name (const char *name)
2788 {
2789 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2790
2791 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2792 search != NULL;
2793 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2794 {
2795 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2796 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2797 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2798 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2799
2800 if (filename != NULL
2801 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2802 break;
2803 }
2804
2805 if (search == NULL)
2806 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2807 default_target, FALSE);
2808
2809 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2810 don't add this file. */
2811 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2812 return search;
2813
2814 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2815 return NULL;
2816
2817 return search;
2818 }
2819
2820 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2821
2822 struct excluded_lib
2823 {
2824 char *name;
2825 struct excluded_lib *next;
2826 };
2827 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2828
2829 void
2830 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2831 {
2832 const char *p = list, *end;
2833
2834 while (*p != '\0')
2835 {
2836 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2837 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2838 if (end == NULL)
2839 end = p + strlen (p);
2840 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2841 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2842 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2843 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2844 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2845 excluded_libs = entry;
2846 if (*end == '\0')
2847 break;
2848 p = end + 1;
2849 }
2850 }
2851
2852 static void
2853 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2854 {
2855 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2856
2857 while (lib)
2858 {
2859 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2860 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2861
2862 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2863 {
2864 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2865 return;
2866 }
2867
2868 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2869 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2870 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2871 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2872 {
2873 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2874 return;
2875 }
2876
2877 lib = lib->next;
2878 }
2879 }
2880
2881 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2882
2883 bfd_boolean
2884 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2885 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2886 {
2887 char **matching;
2888
2889 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2890 return TRUE;
2891
2892 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2893
2894 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2895 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2896 return TRUE;
2897
2898 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2899 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2900 {
2901 bfd_error_type err;
2902 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2903 extern FILE *yyin;
2904
2905 err = bfd_get_error ();
2906
2907 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2908 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2909 return TRUE;
2910
2911 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2912 {
2913 char **p;
2914
2915 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2916 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2917 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2918 einfo (" %s", *p);
2919 einfo ("%F\n");
2920 }
2921 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2922 || place == NULL)
2923 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2924
2925 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2926 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2927
2928 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2929 save_flags = input_flags;
2930 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2931
2932 push_stat_ptr (place);
2933 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2934 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2935 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2936 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2937 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2938 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2939
2940 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2941 parser_input = input_script;
2942 yyparse ();
2943 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2944
2945 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2946 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2947 again. */
2948 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2949 input_flags = save_flags;
2950 pop_stat_ptr ();
2951 fclose (yyin);
2952 yyin = NULL;
2953 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2954
2955 return TRUE;
2956 }
2957
2958 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2959 return TRUE;
2960
2961 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2962 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2963 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2964 which is used. */
2965 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2966 {
2967 default:
2968 break;
2969
2970 case bfd_object:
2971 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2972 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2973 if (trace_files || verbose)
2974 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2975 break;
2976
2977 case bfd_archive:
2978 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2979
2980 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2981 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2982 {
2983 bfd *member = NULL;
2984 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2985
2986 for (;;)
2987 {
2988 bfd *subsbfd;
2989 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2990
2991 if (member == NULL)
2992 break;
2993
2994 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2995 {
2996 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
2997 entry->the_bfd, member);
2998 loaded = FALSE;
2999 }
3000
3001 subsbfd = member;
3002 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3003 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3004 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3005 abort ();
3006
3007 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3008 substitute BFD for us. */
3009 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3010 {
3011 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3012 loaded = FALSE;
3013 }
3014 }
3015
3016 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3017 return loaded;
3018 }
3019 break;
3020 }
3021
3022 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3023 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3024 else
3025 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3026
3027 return entry->flags.loaded;
3028 }
3029
3030 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3031 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3032 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3033 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3034 the output section. */
3035
3036 static void
3037 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3038 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3039 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3040 {
3041 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3042
3043 if (s->handler_data[0]
3044 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3045 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3046 {
3047 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3048
3049 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3050
3051 tree = s->tree;
3052 if (tree)
3053 {
3054 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3055 s->tree = NULL;
3056 }
3057 }
3058 else
3059 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3060
3061 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3062 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3063 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3064 {
3065 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3066 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3067 default_common_section = output;
3068 break;
3069 }
3070 }
3071
3072 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3073
3074 static int
3075 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3076 {
3077 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3078
3079 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3080 }
3081
3082 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3083
3084 static void
3085 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3086 {
3087 char c;
3088
3089 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3090 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3091
3092 *dest = 0;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3096 from haystack. */
3097
3098 static void
3099 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3100 {
3101 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3102
3103 if (haystack)
3104 {
3105 char *src;
3106
3107 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3108 *haystack++ = *src++;
3109
3110 *haystack = 0;
3111 }
3112 }
3113
3114 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3115 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3116
3117 static int
3118 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3119 {
3120 char *copy1;
3121 char *copy2;
3122 int result;
3123
3124 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3125 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3126
3127 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3128 stricpy (copy1, first);
3129 stricpy (copy2, second);
3130
3131 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3132 strcut (copy1, "big");
3133 strcut (copy1, "little");
3134 strcut (copy2, "big");
3135 strcut (copy2, "little");
3136
3137 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3138 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3139 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3140 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3141 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3142 {
3143 result *= 10;
3144 break;
3145 }
3146
3147 free (copy1);
3148 free (copy2);
3149
3150 return result;
3151 }
3152
3153 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3154 static const bfd_target *winner;
3155
3156 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3157 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3158 match to the original output target. */
3159
3160 static int
3161 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3162 {
3163 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3164
3165 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3166 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3167 return 0;
3168
3169 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3170 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3171 return 0;
3172
3173 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3174 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3175 return 0;
3176
3177 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3178 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3179 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3180 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3181 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3182 return 0;
3183
3184 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3185 if (winner == NULL)
3186 {
3187 winner = target;
3188 return 0;
3189 }
3190
3191 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3192 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3193 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3194 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3195 winner = target;
3196
3197 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3198 return 0;
3199 }
3200
3201 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3202
3203 static char *
3204 get_first_input_target (void)
3205 {
3206 char *target = NULL;
3207
3208 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3209 {
3210 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3211 && s->flags.real)
3212 {
3213 ldfile_open_file (s);
3214
3215 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3216 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3217 {
3218 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3219
3220 if (target != NULL)
3221 break;
3222 }
3223 }
3224 }
3225
3226 return target;
3227 }
3228
3229 const char *
3230 lang_get_output_target (void)
3231 {
3232 const char *target;
3233
3234 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3235 if (output_target != NULL)
3236 return output_target;
3237
3238 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3239 the default? */
3240 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3241 return current_target;
3242
3243 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3244 target = get_first_input_target ();
3245 if (target != NULL)
3246 return target;
3247
3248 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3249 return default_target;
3250 }
3251
3252 /* Open the output file. */
3253
3254 static void
3255 open_output (const char *name)
3256 {
3257 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3258
3259 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3260 line? */
3261 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3262 {
3263 /* Get the chosen target. */
3264 const bfd_target *target
3265 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3266
3267 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3268 if (target != NULL)
3269 {
3270 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3271
3272 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3273 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3274 else
3275 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3276
3277 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3278 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3279 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3280 this. */
3281 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3282 {
3283 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3284 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3285 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3286 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3287 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3288 else
3289 {
3290 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3291 the default target, but which has the desired
3292 endian characteristic. */
3293 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3294 (void *) target);
3295
3296 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3297 satisfy our requirements. */
3298 if (winner == NULL)
3299 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3300 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3301 else
3302 output_target = winner->name;
3303 }
3304 }
3305 }
3306 }
3307
3308 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3309
3310 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3311 {
3312 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3313 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3314
3315 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3316 }
3317
3318 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3319
3320 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3321 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3322 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3323 ldfile_output_architecture,
3324 ldfile_output_machine))
3325 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3326
3327 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3328 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3329 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3330
3331 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3332 }
3333
3334 static void
3335 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3336 {
3337 switch (statement->header.type)
3338 {
3339 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3340 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3341 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3342 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3343 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3344 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3345 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3346 else
3347 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3348 if (config.text_read_only)
3349 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3350 else
3351 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3352 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3353 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3354 else
3355 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3356 break;
3357
3358 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3359 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3360 break;
3361 default:
3362 break;
3363 }
3364 }
3365
3366 static void
3367 init_opb (void)
3368 {
3369 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3370 ldfile_output_machine);
3371 opb_shift = 0;
3372 if (x > 1)
3373 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3374 {
3375 x >>= 1;
3376 ++opb_shift;
3377 }
3378 ASSERT (x == 1);
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Open all the input files. */
3382
3383 enum open_bfd_mode
3384 {
3385 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3386 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3387 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3388 };
3389 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3390 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3391 #endif
3392
3393 static void
3394 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3395 {
3396 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3397 {
3398 switch (s->header.type)
3399 {
3400 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3401 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3402 break;
3403 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3404 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3405 break;
3406 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3407 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3408 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3409 && s->wild_statement.filename
3410 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3411 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3412 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3413 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3414 break;
3415 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3416 {
3417 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3418
3419 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3420 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3421 symbols. */
3422
3423 do
3424 {
3425 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3426 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3427 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3428 }
3429 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3430 }
3431 break;
3432 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3433 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3434 break;
3435 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3436 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3437 {
3438 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3439 lang_statement_list_type add;
3440 bfd *abfd;
3441
3442 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3443
3444 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3445 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3446 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3447 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3448 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3449 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3450 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3451 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3452 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3453 #endif
3454 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3455 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3456 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3457 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3458 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3459 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3460 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3461 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3462 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3463 {
3464 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3465 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3466 }
3467
3468 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3469 lang_list_init (&add);
3470
3471 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3472 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3473
3474 if (add.head != NULL)
3475 {
3476 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3477 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3478 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3479 section statement list. Very likely the user
3480 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3481 naive user expectations. */
3482 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3483 {
3484 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3485 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3486 s->input_statement.filename);
3487 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3488 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3489 }
3490 else
3491 {
3492 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3493 s->header.next = add.head;
3494 }
3495 }
3496 }
3497 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3498 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3499 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3500 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3501 plugin_insert = NULL;
3502 #endif
3503 break;
3504 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3505 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3506 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3507 break;
3508 default:
3509 break;
3510 }
3511 }
3512
3513 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3514 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3515 einfo ("%F");
3516 }
3517
3518 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3519 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3520 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3521 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3522 name to the symbol table. */
3523
3524 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3525
3526 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3527
3528 void
3529 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3530 {
3531 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3532
3533 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3534 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3535 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3536 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3537
3538 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3539
3540 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3541 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3542 }
3543
3544 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3545
3546 static void
3547 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3548 {
3549 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3550
3551 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3552 if (h == NULL)
3553 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3554 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3555 {
3556 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3557 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3558 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3559 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3560 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3561 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3562 }
3563 }
3564
3565 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3566 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3567 script file. */
3568
3569 static void
3570 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3571 {
3572 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3573
3574 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3575 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3576 }
3577
3578 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3579 be defined. */
3580
3581 struct require_defined_symbol
3582 {
3583 const char *name;
3584 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3585 };
3586
3587 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3588
3589 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3590
3591 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3592 defined. */
3593
3594 void
3595 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3596 {
3597 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3598
3599 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3600 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3601 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3602 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3603 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3604 }
3605
3606 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3607 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3608
3609 static void
3610 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3611 {
3612 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3613
3614 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3615 {
3616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3617
3618 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3619 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3620 if (h == NULL
3621 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3622 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3623 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3624 }
3625 }
3626
3627 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3628
3629 static void
3630 check_input_sections
3631 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3632 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3633 {
3634 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3635 {
3636 switch (s->header.type)
3637 {
3638 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3639 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3640 output_section_statement);
3641 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3642 return;
3643 break;
3644 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3645 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3646 output_section_statement);
3647 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3648 return;
3649 break;
3650 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3651 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3652 output_section_statement);
3653 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3654 return;
3655 break;
3656 default:
3657 break;
3658 }
3659 }
3660 }
3661
3662 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3663
3664 static void
3665 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3666 {
3667 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3668
3669 switch (sort_section)
3670 {
3671 default:
3672 FAIL ();
3673
3674 case none:
3675 break;
3676
3677 case by_name:
3678 case by_alignment:
3679 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3680 {
3681 switch (s->header.type)
3682 {
3683 default:
3684 break;
3685
3686 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3687 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3688 sec = sec->next)
3689 {
3690 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3691 {
3692 case none:
3693 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3694 break;
3695 case by_name:
3696 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3697 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3698 break;
3699 case by_alignment:
3700 if (sort_section == by_name)
3701 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3702 break;
3703 default:
3704 break;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 break;
3708
3709 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3710 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3711 break;
3712
3713 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3714 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3715 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3716 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3717 update_wild_statements
3718 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3719 break;
3720
3721 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3722 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3723 break;
3724 }
3725 }
3726 break;
3727 }
3728 }
3729
3730 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3731
3732 static void
3733 map_input_to_output_sections
3734 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3735 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3736 {
3737 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3738 {
3739 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3740 flagword flags;
3741
3742 switch (s->header.type)
3743 {
3744 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3745 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3746 break;
3747 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3748 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3749 target,
3750 os);
3751 break;
3752 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3753 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3754 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3755 {
3756 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3757 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3758 break;
3759 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3760 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3761 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3762 {
3763 tos->constraint = -1;
3764 break;
3765 }
3766 }
3767 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3768 target,
3769 tos);
3770 break;
3771 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3772 break;
3773 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3774 target = s->target_statement.target;
3775 break;
3776 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3777 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3778 target,
3779 os);
3780 break;
3781 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3782 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3783 are initialized. */
3784 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3785 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3786 these may be overridden by the script. */
3787 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3788 switch (os->sectype)
3789 {
3790 case normal_section:
3791 case overlay_section:
3792 break;
3793 case noalloc_section:
3794 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3795 break;
3796 case noload_section:
3797 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3798 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3799 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3800 else
3801 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3802 break;
3803 }
3804 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3805 init_os (os, flags);
3806 else
3807 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3808 break;
3809 case lang_input_section_enum:
3810 break;
3811 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3812 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3813 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3814 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3815 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3816 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3817 init_os (os, 0);
3818 break;
3819 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3820 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3821 init_os (os, 0);
3822
3823 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3824 are initialized. */
3825 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3826 break;
3827 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3828 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3829 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3830 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3831 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3832 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3833 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3834 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3835 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3836 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3837 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3838 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3839 {
3840 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3841
3842 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3843 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3844 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3845 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3846 will affect following script sections, which is
3847 likely to surprise naive users. */
3848 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3849 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3850 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3851 init_os (tos, 0);
3852 }
3853 break;
3854 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3855 break;
3856 }
3857 }
3858 }
3859
3860 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3861 start of the list and places them after the output section
3862 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3863 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3864 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3865
3866 static void
3867 process_insert_statements (void)
3868 {
3869 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3870 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3871 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3872 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3873
3874 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3875 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3876 reordered. */
3877 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3878 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3879 {
3880 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3881 {
3882 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3883 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3884 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3885
3886 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3887 last_os = os;
3888
3889 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3890 won't match this output section statement. At this
3891 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3892 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3893 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3894 if (first_os == NULL)
3895 first_os = last_os;
3896 }
3897 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3898 {
3899 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3900 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3901 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3902 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3903
3904 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3905 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3906 {
3907 do
3908 where = where->prev;
3909 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3910 }
3911 if (where == NULL)
3912 {
3913 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3914 return;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3918 if (last_os != NULL)
3919 {
3920 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3921 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3922
3923 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3924 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3925 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3926 {
3927 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3928 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3929 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3930 }
3931 else
3932 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3933 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3934 last_os->next = where->next;
3935 if (where->next == NULL)
3936 {
3937 next = &last_os->next;
3938 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3939 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3940 }
3941 else
3942 where->next->prev = last_os;
3943 first_os->prev = where;
3944 where->next = first_os;
3945
3946 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3947 first_sec = NULL;
3948 last_sec = NULL;
3949 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3950 {
3951 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3952 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3953 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3954 {
3955 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3956 if (first_sec == NULL)
3957 first_sec = last_sec;
3958 }
3959 if (os == last_os)
3960 break;
3961 }
3962 if (last_sec != NULL)
3963 {
3964 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3965 if (sec == NULL)
3966 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3967
3968 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3969 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3970 section or if the section is the same as our
3971 last section, then no move is needed. */
3972 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3973 {
3974 /* Trim them off. */
3975 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3976 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3977 else
3978 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3979 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3980 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3981 else
3982 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3983 /* Add back. */
3984 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3985 if (sec->next != NULL)
3986 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3987 else
3988 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3989 first_sec->prev = sec;
3990 sec->next = first_sec;
3991 }
3992 }
3993
3994 first_os = NULL;
3995 last_os = NULL;
3996 }
3997
3998 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3999 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4000 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4001 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4002 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4003 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4004 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4005 *s = *ptr;
4006 if (*s == NULL)
4007 statement_list.tail = s;
4008 *ptr = first;
4009 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4010 }
4011 }
4012
4013 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4014 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4015 {
4016 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4017 if (os == last_os)
4018 break;
4019 }
4020 }
4021
4022 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4023 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4024 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4025
4026 void
4027 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4028 {
4029 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4030
4031 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4032 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4033 {
4034 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4035 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4036 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4037 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4038 }
4039
4040 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4041 os != NULL;
4042 os = os->next)
4043 {
4044 asection *output_section;
4045 bfd_boolean exclude;
4046
4047 if (os->constraint < 0)
4048 continue;
4049
4050 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4051 if (output_section == NULL)
4052 continue;
4053
4054 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4055 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4056 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4057 output_section));
4058
4059 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4060 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4061 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4062 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4063 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4064 {
4065 asection *s;
4066
4067 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4068 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4069 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4070 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4071 {
4072 exclude = FALSE;
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076
4077 if (exclude)
4078 {
4079 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4080 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4081 if (!os->update_dot)
4082 os->ignored = TRUE;
4083 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4085 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4086 }
4087 }
4088 }
4089
4090 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4091 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4092
4093 void
4094 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4095 {
4096 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4097
4098 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4099 return;
4100
4101 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4102 os != NULL;
4103 os = os->next)
4104 {
4105 asection *output_section;
4106
4107 if (os->constraint < 0)
4108 continue;
4109
4110 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4111 if (output_section == NULL)
4112 continue;
4113
4114 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4115 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4116 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4117 }
4118
4119 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4120 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4121 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4122 }
4123
4124 static void
4125 print_output_section_statement
4126 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4127 {
4128 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4129 int len;
4130
4131 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4132 {
4133 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4134
4135 if (section != NULL)
4136 {
4137 print_dot = section->vma;
4138
4139 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4140 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4141 {
4142 print_nl ();
4143 len = 0;
4144 }
4145 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4146 {
4147 print_space ();
4148 ++len;
4149 }
4150
4151 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4152
4153 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4154 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4155
4156 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4157 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4158 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4159 }
4160
4161 print_nl ();
4162 }
4163
4164 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4165 output_section_statement);
4166 }
4167
4168 static void
4169 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4170 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4171 {
4172 unsigned int i;
4173 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4174 etree_type *tree;
4175 asection *osec;
4176
4177 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4178 print_space ();
4179
4180 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4181 {
4182 is_dot = FALSE;
4183 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4184 }
4185 else
4186 {
4187 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4188
4189 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4190 if (!is_dot)
4191 expld.assign_name = dst;
4192 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4193 }
4194
4195 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4196 if (osec == NULL)
4197 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4198
4199 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4200 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4201 else
4202 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4203
4204 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4205 {
4206 bfd_vma value;
4207
4208 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4209 || is_dot
4210 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4211 {
4212 value = expld.result.value;
4213
4214 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4215 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4216
4217 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4218 if (is_dot)
4219 print_dot = value;
4220 }
4221 else
4222 {
4223 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4224
4225 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4226 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4227 if (h)
4228 {
4229 value = h->u.def.value;
4230 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4231 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4232
4233 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4234 }
4235 else
4236 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4237 }
4238 }
4239 else
4240 {
4241 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4242 minfo ("[!provide]");
4243 else
4244 minfo ("*undef* ");
4245 #ifdef BFD64
4246 minfo (" ");
4247 #endif
4248 }
4249 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4250
4251 minfo (" ");
4252 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4253 print_nl ();
4254 }
4255
4256 static void
4257 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4258 {
4259 if (statm->filename != NULL
4260 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4261 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4262 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4266 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4267
4268 static bfd_boolean
4269 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4270 {
4271 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4272
4273 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4274 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4275 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4276 {
4277 int i;
4278
4279 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4280 print_space ();
4281 minfo ("0x%V ",
4282 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4283 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4284 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4285
4286 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4287 }
4288
4289 return TRUE;
4290 }
4291
4292 static int
4293 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4294 {
4295 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4296 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4297
4298 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4299 return -1;
4300 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4301 return 1;
4302 else
4303 return 0;
4304 }
4305
4306 static void
4307 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4308 {
4309 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4310 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4311 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4312 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4313 unsigned int i;
4314
4315 if (!ud)
4316 return;
4317
4318 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4319
4320 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4321 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4322 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4323 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4324
4325 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4326 entries[i] = def->entry;
4327
4328 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4329 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4330
4331 /* Print the symbols. */
4332 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4333 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4334
4335 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4336 }
4337
4338 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4339
4340 static void
4341 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4342 {
4343 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4344 int len;
4345 bfd_vma addr;
4346
4347 init_opb ();
4348
4349 print_space ();
4350 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4351
4352 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4353 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4354 {
4355 print_nl ();
4356 len = 0;
4357 }
4358 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4359 {
4360 print_space ();
4361 ++len;
4362 }
4363
4364 if (i->output_section != NULL
4365 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4366 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4367 else
4368 {
4369 addr = print_dot;
4370 if (!is_discarded)
4371 size = 0;
4372 }
4373
4374 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4375
4376 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4377 {
4378 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4379 #ifdef BFD64
4380 len += 16;
4381 #else
4382 len += 8;
4383 #endif
4384 while (len > 0)
4385 {
4386 print_space ();
4387 --len;
4388 }
4389
4390 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4391 }
4392
4393 if (i->output_section != NULL
4394 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4395 {
4396 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4397 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4398 else
4399 print_all_symbols (i);
4400
4401 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4402 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4403 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4404 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4405 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4406 }
4407 }
4408
4409 static void
4410 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4411 {
4412 size_t size;
4413 unsigned char *p;
4414 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4415 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4416 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4417 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4418 }
4419
4420 static void
4421 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4422 {
4423 int i;
4424 bfd_vma addr;
4425 bfd_size_type size;
4426 const char *name;
4427
4428 init_opb ();
4429 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4430 print_space ();
4431
4432 addr = data->output_offset;
4433 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4434 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4435
4436 switch (data->type)
4437 {
4438 default:
4439 abort ();
4440 case BYTE:
4441 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4442 name = "BYTE";
4443 break;
4444 case SHORT:
4445 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4446 name = "SHORT";
4447 break;
4448 case LONG:
4449 size = LONG_SIZE;
4450 name = "LONG";
4451 break;
4452 case QUAD:
4453 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4454 name = "QUAD";
4455 break;
4456 case SQUAD:
4457 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4458 name = "SQUAD";
4459 break;
4460 }
4461
4462 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4463 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4464 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4465
4466 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4467 {
4468 print_space ();
4469 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4470 }
4471
4472 print_nl ();
4473
4474 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4475 }
4476
4477 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4478 -Ttext. */
4479
4480 static void
4481 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4482 {
4483 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4484 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4485 print_nl ();
4486 }
4487
4488 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4489
4490 static void
4491 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4492 {
4493 int i;
4494 bfd_vma addr;
4495 bfd_size_type size;
4496
4497 init_opb ();
4498 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4499 print_space ();
4500
4501 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4502 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4503 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4504
4505 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4506
4507 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4508
4509 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4510 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4511 else
4512 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4513
4514 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4515
4516 print_nl ();
4517
4518 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4519 }
4520
4521 static void
4522 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4523 {
4524 int len;
4525 bfd_vma addr;
4526
4527 init_opb ();
4528 minfo (" *fill*");
4529
4530 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4531 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4532 {
4533 print_space ();
4534 ++len;
4535 }
4536
4537 addr = s->output_offset;
4538 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4539 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4540 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4541
4542 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4543 {
4544 size_t size;
4545 unsigned char *p;
4546 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4547 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4548 }
4549
4550 print_nl ();
4551
4552 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4553 }
4554
4555 static void
4556 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4557 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4558 {
4559 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4560
4561 print_space ();
4562
4563 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4564 {
4565 name_list *tmp;
4566 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4567 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4568 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4569 minfo (") ");
4570 }
4571
4572 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4573 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4574 if (w->filename != NULL)
4575 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4576 else
4577 minfo ("*");
4578 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4579 minfo (")");
4580
4581 minfo ("(");
4582 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4583 {
4584 int closing_paren = 0;
4585
4586 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4587 {
4588 case none:
4589 break;
4590
4591 case by_name:
4592 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4593 closing_paren = 1;
4594 break;
4595
4596 case by_alignment:
4597 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4598 closing_paren = 1;
4599 break;
4600
4601 case by_name_alignment:
4602 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4603 closing_paren = 2;
4604 break;
4605
4606 case by_alignment_name:
4607 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4608 closing_paren = 2;
4609 break;
4610
4611 case by_none:
4612 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4613 closing_paren = 1;
4614 break;
4615
4616 case by_init_priority:
4617 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4618 closing_paren = 1;
4619 break;
4620 }
4621
4622 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4623 {
4624 name_list *tmp;
4625 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4626 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4627 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4628 minfo (") ");
4629 }
4630 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4631 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4632 else
4633 minfo ("*");
4634 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4635 minfo (")");
4636 if (sec->next)
4637 minfo (" ");
4638 }
4639 minfo (")");
4640
4641 print_nl ();
4642
4643 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4644 }
4645
4646 /* Print a group statement. */
4647
4648 static void
4649 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4650 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4651 {
4652 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4653 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4654 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4655 }
4656
4657 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4658 This can be called for any statement type. */
4659
4660 static void
4661 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4662 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4663 {
4664 while (s != NULL)
4665 {
4666 print_statement (s, os);
4667 s = s->header.next;
4668 }
4669 }
4670
4671 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4672 This can be called for any statement type. */
4673
4674 static void
4675 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4676 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4677 {
4678 switch (s->header.type)
4679 {
4680 default:
4681 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4682 FAIL ();
4683 break;
4684 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4685 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4686 {
4687 if (constructors_sorted)
4688 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4689 else
4690 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4691 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4692 }
4693 break;
4694 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4695 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4696 break;
4697 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4698 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4699 break;
4700 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4701 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4702 break;
4703 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4704 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4705 break;
4706 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4707 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4708 break;
4709 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4710 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4711 break;
4712 case lang_input_section_enum:
4713 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4714 break;
4715 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4716 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4717 break;
4718 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4719 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4720 break;
4721 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4722 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4723 break;
4724 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4725 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4726 break;
4727 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4728 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4729 if (output_target != NULL)
4730 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4731 minfo (")\n");
4732 break;
4733 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4734 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4735 break;
4736 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4737 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4738 break;
4739 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4740 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4741 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4742 s->insert_statement.where);
4743 break;
4744 }
4745 }
4746
4747 static void
4748 print_statements (void)
4749 {
4750 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4751 }
4752
4753 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4754 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4755 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4756 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4757
4758 void
4759 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4760 {
4761 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4762
4763 config.map_file = stderr;
4764
4765 if (n < 0)
4766 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4767 else
4768 {
4769 while (s && --n >= 0)
4770 {
4771 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4772 s = s->header.next;
4773 }
4774 }
4775
4776 config.map_file = map_save;
4777 }
4778
4779 static void
4780 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4781 fill_type *fill,
4782 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4783 asection *output_section,
4784 bfd_vma dot)
4785 {
4786 static fill_type zero_fill;
4787 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4788
4789 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4790 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4791 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4792 if (pad != NULL
4793 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4794 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4795 {
4796 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4797 }
4798 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4799 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4800 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4801 {
4802 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4803 }
4804 else
4805 {
4806 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4807 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4808 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4809 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4810 *ptr = pad;
4811 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4812 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4813 if (fill == NULL)
4814 fill = &zero_fill;
4815 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4816 }
4817 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4818 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4819 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4820 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4821 - output_section->vma);
4822 }
4823
4824 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4825
4826 static bfd_vma
4827 size_input_section
4828 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4829 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4830 fill_type *fill,
4831 bfd_vma dot)
4832 {
4833 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4834 asection *i = is->section;
4835 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4836
4837 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4838 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4839 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4840 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4841 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4842 else
4843 {
4844 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4845
4846 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4847 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4848 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4849 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4850
4851 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4852 i->alignment_power
4853 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4854 "subsection alignment");
4855
4856 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4857 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4858
4859 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4860
4861 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4862 {
4863 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4864 dot += alignment_needed;
4865 }
4866
4867 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4868 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4869
4870 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4871 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4872 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4873 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4874 }
4875
4876 return dot;
4877 }
4878
4879 struct check_sec
4880 {
4881 asection *sec;
4882 bfd_boolean warned;
4883 };
4884
4885 static int
4886 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4887 {
4888 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4889 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4890
4891 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4892 return -1;
4893 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4894 return 1;
4895 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4896 return -1;
4897 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4898 return 1;
4899
4900 return 0;
4901 }
4902
4903 static int
4904 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4905 {
4906 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4907 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4908
4909 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4910 return -1;
4911 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4912 return 1;
4913 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4914 return -1;
4915 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4916 return 1;
4917
4918 return 0;
4919 }
4920
4921 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4922 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4923
4924 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4925 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4926
4927 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4928 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4929 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4930 region has overflowed. */
4931
4932 static void
4933 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4934 {
4935 asection *s, *p;
4936 struct check_sec *sections;
4937 size_t i, count;
4938 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4939 bfd_vma s_start;
4940 bfd_vma s_end;
4941 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4942 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4943 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4944 bfd_boolean overlays;
4945
4946 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4947 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4948 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4949 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4950 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4951 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4952 {
4953 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4954 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4955 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4956 s->name);
4957 else
4958 {
4959 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4960 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4961 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4962 s->name);
4963 }
4964 }
4965
4966 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4967 return;
4968
4969 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4970 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4971
4972 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4973 count = 0;
4974 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4975 {
4976 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4977 || s->size == 0)
4978 continue;
4979
4980 sections[count].sec = s;
4981 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4982 count++;
4983 }
4984
4985 if (count <= 1)
4986 {
4987 free (sections);
4988 return;
4989 }
4990
4991 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4992
4993 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4994 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4995 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4996 {
4997 s = sections[i].sec;
4998 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4999 {
5000 s_start = s->lma;
5001 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5002
5003 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5004 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5005 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5006 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5007 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5008 if (p != NULL
5009 && (s_start <= p_end
5010 || p_end < p_start))
5011 {
5012 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5013 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5014 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5015 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5016 }
5017 p = s;
5018 p_start = s_start;
5019 p_end = s_end;
5020 }
5021 }
5022
5023 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5024 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5025 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5026 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5027 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5028 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5029 overlays = FALSE;
5030 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5031 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5032 {
5033 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5034 if (p_start == s_start)
5035 {
5036 overlays = TRUE;
5037 break;
5038 }
5039 p_start = s_start;
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5043 if (!overlays)
5044 {
5045 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5046 {
5047 s = sections[i].sec;
5048 s_start = s->vma;
5049 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5050
5051 if (p != NULL
5052 && !sections[i].warned
5053 && (s_start <= p_end
5054 || p_end < p_start))
5055 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5056 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5057 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5058 p = s;
5059 p_start = s_start;
5060 p_end = s_end;
5061 }
5062 }
5063
5064 free (sections);
5065
5066 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5067 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5068 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5069 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5070
5071 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5072 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5073 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5074 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5075 if (m->had_full_message)
5076 {
5077 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5078 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5079 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5080 over),
5081 m->name_list.name, over);
5082 }
5083 }
5084
5085 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5086 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5087 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5088 calculation wraps around. */
5089
5090 static void
5091 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5092 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5093 etree_type *tree,
5094 bfd_vma rbase)
5095 {
5096 if ((region->current < region->origin
5097 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5098 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5099 || rbase == 0))
5100 {
5101 if (tree != NULL)
5102 {
5103 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5104 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5105 region->current,
5106 os->bfd_section->owner,
5107 os->bfd_section->name,
5108 region->name_list.name);
5109 }
5110 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5111 {
5112 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5113
5114 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5115 os->bfd_section->owner,
5116 os->bfd_section->name,
5117 region->name_list.name);
5118 }
5119 }
5120 }
5121
5122 static void
5123 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5124 seg_align_type *seg)
5125 {
5126 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5127 {
5128 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5129 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5130 else
5131 {
5132 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5133 }
5134 }
5135 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5136 {
5137 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5138 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5139 else
5140 {
5141 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5142 }
5143 }
5144 }
5145
5146 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5147
5148 static bfd_vma
5149 lang_size_sections_1
5150 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5151 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5152 fill_type *fill,
5153 bfd_vma dot,
5154 bfd_boolean *relax,
5155 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5156 {
5157 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5158
5159 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5160 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5161 {
5162 switch (s->header.type)
5163 {
5164 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5165 {
5166 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5167 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5168 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5169 int section_alignment = 0;
5170
5171 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5172 if (os->constraint == -1)
5173 break;
5174
5175 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5176 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5177 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5178 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5179 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5180 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5181 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5182 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5183 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5184 {
5185 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5186 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5187
5188 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5189 {
5190 dot = expld.result.value;
5191 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5192 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5193 }
5194 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5195 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5196 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5197 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5198 }
5199
5200 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5201 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5202 break;
5203
5204 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5205 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5206 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5207 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5208 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5209 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5210 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5211 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5212 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5213 {
5214 asection *input;
5215
5216 if (os->children.head == NULL
5217 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5218 || (os->children.head->header.type
5219 != lang_input_section_enum))
5220 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5221 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5222
5223 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5224 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5225 os->bfd_section,
5226 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5227 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5228 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5229 break;
5230 }
5231
5232 newdot = dot;
5233 dotdelta = 0;
5234 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5235 {
5236 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5237 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5238 }
5239 else
5240 {
5241 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5242 {
5243 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5244 from the region specification. */
5245 if (os->region == NULL
5246 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5247 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5248 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5249 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5250 {
5251 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5252 }
5253
5254 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5255 region, and some non default memory regions were
5256 defined, issue an error message. */
5257 if (!os->ignored
5258 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5259 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5260 && check_regions
5261 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5262 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5263 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5264 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5265 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5266 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5267 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5268 {
5269 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5270 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5271 default memory region we can end up creating an
5272 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5273 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5274 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5275 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5276 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5277 switch. */
5278 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5279 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5280 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5281 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5282 os->bfd_section));
5283 else
5284 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5285 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5286 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5287 os->bfd_section));
5288 }
5289
5290 newdot = os->region->current;
5291 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5292 }
5293 else
5294 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5295 "section alignment");
5296
5297 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5298 if (section_alignment > 0)
5299 {
5300 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5301 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5302
5303 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5304 if (dotdelta != 0
5305 && (config.warn_section_align
5306 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5307 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5308 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5309 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5310 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5311 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5312 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5313 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5314 }
5315
5316 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5317
5318 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5319 }
5320
5321 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5322 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5323
5324 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5325
5326 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5327 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5328 no output section should change from zero size
5329 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5330 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5331 input section was not sized early enough. */
5332 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5333 else
5334 {
5335 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5336
5337 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5338 align at the block boundary. */
5339 after = ((dot
5340 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5341 + os->block_value - 1)
5342 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5343
5344 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5345 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5346 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Set section lma. */
5350 r = os->region;
5351 if (r == NULL)
5352 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5353
5354 if (os->load_base)
5355 {
5356 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5357 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5358 }
5359 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5360 {
5361 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5362
5363 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5364 lma += dotdelta;
5365 else
5366 {
5367 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5368 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5369 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5370 only align according to the value in the output
5371 statement. */
5372 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5373 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5374 "section alignment");
5375 if (section_alignment > 0)
5376 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5377 }
5378 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5379 }
5380 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5381 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5382 {
5383 bfd_vma lma;
5384 asection *last;
5385
5386 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5387
5388 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5389 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5390 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5391 create overlapping LMAs. */
5392 if (dot < last->vma
5393 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5394 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5395 {
5396 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5397 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5398 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5399 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5400 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5401
5402 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5403 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5404 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5405 }
5406 else
5407 {
5408 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5409 at the end of the previous section. */
5410 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5411 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5412
5413 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5414 as the previous section. */
5415 else
5416 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5417
5418 if (section_alignment > 0)
5419 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5420 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5421 }
5422 }
5423 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5424
5425 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5426 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5427 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5428 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5429 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5430 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5431 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5432 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5433 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5434 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5435 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5436 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5437 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5438 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5439 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5440 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5441 || (r->last_os == NULL
5442 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5443 || (r->last_os != NULL
5444 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5445 .bfd_section->vma)))
5446 && os->lma_region == NULL
5447 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5448 r->last_os = s;
5449
5450 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5451 break;
5452
5453 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5454 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5455 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5456 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5457 else
5458 dotdelta = 0;
5459 dot += dotdelta;
5460
5461 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5462 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5463
5464 /* Update dot in the region ?
5465 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5466 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5467 overall size in memory. */
5468 if (os->region != NULL
5469 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5470 {
5471 os->region->current = dot;
5472
5473 if (check_regions)
5474 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5475 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5476 os->bfd_section->vma);
5477
5478 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5479 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5480 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5481 {
5482 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5483
5484 if (check_regions)
5485 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5486 os->bfd_section->lma);
5487 }
5488 }
5489 }
5490 break;
5491
5492 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5493 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5494 output_section_statement,
5495 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5496 break;
5497
5498 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5499 {
5500 unsigned int size = 0;
5501
5502 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5503 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5504 s->data_statement.output_section =
5505 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5506
5507 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5508 need to mark them as needed. */
5509 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5510
5511 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5512 {
5513 default:
5514 abort ();
5515 case QUAD:
5516 case SQUAD:
5517 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5518 break;
5519 case LONG:
5520 size = LONG_SIZE;
5521 break;
5522 case SHORT:
5523 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5524 break;
5525 case BYTE:
5526 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5527 break;
5528 }
5529 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5530 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5531 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5532 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5533 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5534 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5535 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5536
5537 }
5538 break;
5539
5540 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5541 {
5542 int size;
5543
5544 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5545 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5546 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5547 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5548 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5549 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5550 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5551 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5552 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5553 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5554 }
5555 break;
5556
5557 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5558 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5559 output_section_statement,
5560 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5561 break;
5562
5563 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5564 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5565 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5566 break;
5567
5568 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5569 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5570 break;
5571
5572 case lang_input_section_enum:
5573 {
5574 asection *i;
5575
5576 i = s->input_section.section;
5577 if (relax)
5578 {
5579 bfd_boolean again;
5580
5581 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5582 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5583 if (again)
5584 *relax = TRUE;
5585 }
5586 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5587 fill, dot);
5588 }
5589 break;
5590
5591 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5592 break;
5593
5594 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5595 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5596 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5597
5598 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5599 break;
5600
5601 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5602 {
5603 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5604 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5605
5606 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5607
5608 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5609 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5610 &newdot);
5611
5612 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5613
5614 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5615
5616 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5617 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5618 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5619 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5620 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5621 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5622
5623 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5624 {
5625 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5626 {
5627 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5628 the default memory address. */
5629 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5630 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5631 }
5632 else if (newdot != dot)
5633 {
5634 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5635 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5636 assignment references dot. */
5637 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5638 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5639
5640 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5641 s = s->header.next;
5642
5643 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5644 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5645 user has explicitly stated that the section
5646 should not be allocated. */
5647 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5648 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5649 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5650 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5651 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5652 }
5653 dot = newdot;
5654 }
5655 }
5656 break;
5657
5658 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5659 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5660 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5661 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5662 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5663 will be added back in. */
5664 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5665
5666 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5667 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5668 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5669 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5670 a pad size of zero. */
5671 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5672 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5673 break;
5674
5675 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5676 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5677 output_section_statement,
5678 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5679 break;
5680
5681 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5682 break;
5683
5684 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5685 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5686 break;
5687
5688 default:
5689 FAIL ();
5690 break;
5691 }
5692 prev = &s->header.next;
5693 }
5694 return dot;
5695 }
5696
5697 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5698 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5699 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5700 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5701
5702 bfd_boolean
5703 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5704 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5705 asection *current_section,
5706 asection *previous_section,
5707 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5708 {
5709 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5710 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5711
5712 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5713 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5714 if (new_segment)
5715 return TRUE;
5716
5717 /* Paranoia checks. */
5718 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5719 return new_segment;
5720
5721 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5722 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5723 if (config.separate_code
5724 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5725 return TRUE;
5726
5727 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5728 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5729 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5730 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5731 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5732 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5733
5734 /* More paranoia. */
5735 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5736 return new_segment;
5737
5738 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5739 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5740 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5741 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5742 return cur->region != prev->region;
5743 }
5744
5745 void
5746 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5747 {
5748 lang_statement_iteration++;
5749 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5750 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5751 }
5752
5753 static bfd_boolean
5754 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5755 {
5756 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5757 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5758 bfd_vma first, last;
5759
5760 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5761 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5762 if (first && last
5763 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5764 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5765 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5766 {
5767 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5768 return TRUE;
5769 }
5770
5771 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5772 return FALSE;
5773 }
5774
5775 static bfd_vma
5776 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5777 {
5778 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5779 asection *sec;
5780
5781 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5782 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5783 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5784
5785 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5786 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5787
5788 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5789 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5790 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5791 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5792 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5793 {
5794 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5795 desired? */
5796 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5797
5798 end = start = sec->vma;
5799 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5800 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5801 bump = desired_end - end;
5802 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5803 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5804 start += bump;
5805 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5806 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5807 desired_end = start;
5808 }
5809
5810 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5811 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5812 seg->base = desired_end;
5813 return relro_end;
5814 }
5815
5816 static bfd_boolean
5817 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5818 {
5819 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5820 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5821 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5822
5823 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5824 {
5825 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5826 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5827 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5828 }
5829 else
5830 {
5831 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5832 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5833 }
5834
5835 if (do_data_relro)
5836 {
5837 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5838 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5839
5840 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5841 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5842 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5843 {
5844 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5845 do_reset = TRUE;
5846 }
5847 }
5848
5849 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5850 do_reset = TRUE;
5851
5852 return do_reset;
5853 }
5854
5855 void
5856 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5857 {
5858 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5859 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5860
5861 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5862
5863 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5864 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5865
5866 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5867 {
5868 bfd_boolean do_reset
5869 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5870
5871 if (do_reset)
5872 {
5873 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5874 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5875 }
5876
5877 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5878 {
5879 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5880 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5881 }
5882 }
5883 }
5884
5885 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5886 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5887 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5888
5889 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5890
5891 static bfd_vma
5892 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5893 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5894 fill_type *fill,
5895 bfd_vma dot,
5896 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5897 {
5898 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5899 {
5900 switch (s->header.type)
5901 {
5902 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5903 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5904 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5905 break;
5906
5907 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5908 {
5909 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5910 bfd_vma newdot;
5911
5912 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5913 os->after_end = *found_end;
5914 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5915 {
5916 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5917 {
5918 current_section = os;
5919 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5920 }
5921 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5922 }
5923 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5924 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5925 if (!os->ignored)
5926 {
5927 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5928 {
5929 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5930 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5931 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5932 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5933
5934 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5935 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5936 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5937 }
5938 else
5939 dot = newdot;
5940 }
5941 }
5942 break;
5943
5944 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5945
5946 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5947 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5948 break;
5949
5950 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5951 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5952 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5953 break;
5954
5955 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5956 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5957 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5958 {
5959 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5960 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5961 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5962 }
5963 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5964 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5965 {
5966 unsigned int size;
5967 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5968 {
5969 default:
5970 abort ();
5971 case QUAD:
5972 case SQUAD:
5973 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5974 break;
5975 case LONG:
5976 size = LONG_SIZE;
5977 break;
5978 case SHORT:
5979 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5980 break;
5981 case BYTE:
5982 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5983 break;
5984 }
5985 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5986 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5987 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5988 }
5989 break;
5990
5991 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5992 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5993 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5994 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5995 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5996 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5997 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5998 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5999 break;
6000
6001 case lang_input_section_enum:
6002 {
6003 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6004
6005 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6006 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6007 }
6008 break;
6009
6010 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6011 break;
6012
6013 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6014 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6015 break;
6016
6017 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6018 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6019 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6020 {
6021 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6022
6023 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6024 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6025
6026 while (*p == '_')
6027 ++p;
6028 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6029 *found_end = TRUE;
6030 }
6031 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6032 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6033 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6034 &dot);
6035 break;
6036
6037 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6038 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6039 break;
6040
6041 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6042 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6043 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6044 break;
6045
6046 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6047 break;
6048
6049 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6050 break;
6051
6052 default:
6053 FAIL ();
6054 break;
6055 }
6056 }
6057 return dot;
6058 }
6059
6060 void
6061 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6062 {
6063 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6064
6065 current_section = NULL;
6066 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6067 expld.phase = phase;
6068 lang_statement_iteration++;
6069 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6070 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6071 }
6072
6073 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6074 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6075 of "dot". */
6076
6077 asection *
6078 section_for_dot (void)
6079 {
6080 asection *s;
6081
6082 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6083 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6084 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6085 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6086 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6087 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6088 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6089 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6090 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6091 {
6092 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6093 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6094
6095 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6096 stmt != NULL;
6097 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6098 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6099 break;
6100
6101 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6102 while (os != NULL
6103 && !os->after_end
6104 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6105 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6106 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6107 os->bfd_section)))
6108 os = os->next;
6109
6110 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6111 {
6112 if (os != NULL)
6113 s = os->bfd_section;
6114 else
6115 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6116 while (s != NULL
6117 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6118 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6119 s = s->prev;
6120 if (s != NULL)
6121 return s;
6122
6123 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6124 }
6125 }
6126
6127 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6128
6129 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6130 while (s != NULL
6131 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6132 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6133 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6134 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6135 s = s->prev;
6136 if (s == NULL)
6137 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6138 while (s != NULL
6139 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6140 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6141 s = s->next;
6142 if (s != NULL)
6143 return s;
6144
6145 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6146 }
6147
6148 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6149
6150 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6151 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6152 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6153
6154 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6155 to start_stop_syms. */
6156
6157 static void
6158 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6159 {
6160 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6161
6162 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6163 if (h != NULL)
6164 {
6165 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6166 {
6167 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6168 start_stop_syms
6169 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6170 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6171 }
6172 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6173 }
6174 }
6175
6176 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6177 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6178 preliminary definitions. */
6179
6180 static void
6181 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6182 {
6183 bfd *abfd;
6184 asection *s;
6185 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6186
6187 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6188 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6189 {
6190 const char *ps;
6191 const char *secname = s->name;
6192
6193 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6194 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6195 break;
6196 if (*ps == '\0')
6197 {
6198 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6199
6200 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6201 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6202 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6203
6204 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6205 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6206 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6207
6208 free (symbol);
6209 }
6210 }
6211 }
6212
6213 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6214
6215 static void
6216 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6217 {
6218 size_t i;
6219
6220 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6221 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6222 }
6223
6224 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6225 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6226 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6227 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6228 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6229
6230 static void
6231 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6232 {
6233 if (h->ldscript_def)
6234 return;
6235
6236 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6237 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6238 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6239 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6240 {
6241 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6242 h->u.def.section->name);
6243 if (sec != NULL)
6244 {
6245 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6246 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6247 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6248 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6249 if there is still an output section with section name
6250 SECNAME. */
6251 asection *i;
6252 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6253 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6254 {
6255 h->u.def.section = i;
6256 return;
6257 }
6258 }
6259 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6260 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6261 }
6262 }
6263
6264 static void
6265 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6266 {
6267 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6268 }
6269
6270 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6271 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6272 preliminary definitions. */
6273
6274 static void
6275 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6276 {
6277 asection *s;
6278
6279 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6280 {
6281 const char *secname = s->name;
6282 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6283
6284 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6285 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6286
6287 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6288 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6289 free (symbol);
6290 }
6291 }
6292
6293 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6294
6295 static void
6296 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6297 {
6298 if (h->ldscript_def
6299 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6300 return;
6301
6302 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6303 {
6304 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6305 .startof. already has final value. */
6306 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6307 {
6308 /* .sizeof. */
6309 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6310 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6311 }
6312 }
6313 else
6314 {
6315 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6316 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6317
6318 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6319 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6320 {
6321 /* __stop_ */
6322 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6323 }
6324 }
6325 }
6326
6327 static void
6328 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6329 {
6330 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6331 }
6332
6333 static void
6334 lang_end (void)
6335 {
6336 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6337 bfd_boolean warn;
6338
6339 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6340 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6341 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6342 else
6343 warn = TRUE;
6344
6345 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6346 --gc-sections. */
6347 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6348 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6349 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6350 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6351
6352 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6353 {
6354 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6355 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6356 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6357 warn = FALSE;
6358 }
6359
6360 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6361 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6362 if (h != NULL
6363 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6364 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6365 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6366 {
6367 bfd_vma val;
6368
6369 val = (h->u.def.value
6370 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6371 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6372 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6373 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6374 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6375 }
6376 else
6377 {
6378 bfd_vma val;
6379 const char *send;
6380
6381 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6382 number. */
6383 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6384 if (*send == '\0')
6385 {
6386 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6387 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6388 }
6389 else
6390 {
6391 asection *ts;
6392
6393 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6394 the first address in the text section. */
6395 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6396 if (ts != NULL)
6397 {
6398 if (warn)
6399 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6400 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6401 entry_symbol.name,
6402 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6403 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6404 (link_info.output_bfd,
6405 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6406 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6407 }
6408 else
6409 {
6410 if (warn)
6411 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6412 " not setting start address\n"),
6413 entry_symbol.name);
6414 }
6415 }
6416 }
6417 }
6418
6419 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6420 BFD. */
6421
6422 static void
6423 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6424 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6425 {
6426 /* Don't do anything. */
6427 }
6428
6429 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6430 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6431 other checking that is needed. */
6432
6433 static void
6434 lang_check (void)
6435 {
6436 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6437 bfd *input_bfd;
6438 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6439
6440 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6441 {
6442 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6443 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6444 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6445 continue;
6446 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6447 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6448 compatible
6449 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6450 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6451
6452 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6453 link between differing object formats when the input
6454 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6455 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6456 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6457 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6458 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6459 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6460 && (compatible == NULL
6461 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6462 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6463 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6464 {
6465 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6466 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6467 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6468 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6469 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6470 }
6471
6472 if (compatible == NULL)
6473 {
6474 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6475 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6476 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6477 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6478 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6479 }
6480 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6481 {
6482 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6483 private data of the output bfd. */
6484
6485 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6486
6487 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6488 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6489 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6490 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6491 information which is needed in the output file. */
6492 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6493 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6494 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6495 {
6496 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6497 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6498 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6499 }
6500 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6501 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6502 }
6503 }
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6507 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6508 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6509
6510 static void
6511 lang_common (void)
6512 {
6513 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6514 return;
6515 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6516 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6517 return;
6518
6519 if (!config.sort_common)
6520 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6521 else
6522 {
6523 unsigned int power;
6524
6525 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6526 {
6527 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6528 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6529
6530 power = 0;
6531 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6532 }
6533 else
6534 {
6535 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6536 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6537
6538 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6539 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6540 }
6541 }
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6545
6546 static bfd_boolean
6547 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6548 {
6549 unsigned int power_of_two;
6550 bfd_vma size;
6551 asection *section;
6552
6553 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6554 return TRUE;
6555
6556 size = h->u.c.size;
6557 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6558
6559 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6560 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6561 return TRUE;
6562 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6563 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6564 return TRUE;
6565
6566 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6567 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6568 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6569 h->root.string);
6570
6571 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6572 {
6573 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6574 int len;
6575 char *name;
6576 char buf[50];
6577
6578 if (!header_printed)
6579 {
6580 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6581 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6582 header_printed = TRUE;
6583 }
6584
6585 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6586 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6587 if (name == NULL)
6588 {
6589 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6590 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6591 }
6592 else
6593 {
6594 minfo ("%s", name);
6595 len = strlen (name);
6596 free (name);
6597 }
6598
6599 if (len >= 19)
6600 {
6601 print_nl ();
6602 len = 0;
6603 }
6604 while (len < 20)
6605 {
6606 print_space ();
6607 ++len;
6608 }
6609
6610 minfo ("0x");
6611 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6612 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6613 else
6614 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6615 minfo ("%s", buf);
6616 len = strlen (buf);
6617
6618 while (len < 16)
6619 {
6620 print_space ();
6621 ++len;
6622 }
6623
6624 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6625 }
6626
6627 return TRUE;
6628 }
6629
6630 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6631 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6632 option are handled here. */
6633
6634 static void
6635 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6636 {
6637 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6638 {
6639 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6640 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6641 TRUE);
6642 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6643 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6644 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6645 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6646 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6647 }
6648 else
6649 {
6650 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6651 const char *name = s->name;
6652 int constraint = 0;
6653
6654 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6655 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6656 s, s->owner);
6657
6658 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6659 constraint = SPECIAL;
6660
6661 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6662 if (os == NULL)
6663 {
6664 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6665 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6666 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6667 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6668 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6669 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6670 }
6671
6672 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6673 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6674 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6675 s, s->owner, os->name);
6676 }
6677 }
6678
6679 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6680 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6681 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6682
6683 static void
6684 lang_place_orphans (void)
6685 {
6686 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6687 {
6688 asection *s;
6689
6690 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6691 {
6692 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6693 {
6694 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6695 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6696
6697 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6698 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6699 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6700 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6701 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6702 {
6703 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6704 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6705 with the wildcard. */
6706 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6707 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6708 {
6709 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6710 default_common_section
6711 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6712 TRUE);
6713 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6714 NULL, default_common_section);
6715 }
6716 }
6717 else
6718 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6719 }
6720 }
6721 }
6722 }
6723
6724 void
6725 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6726 {
6727 flagword *ptr_flags;
6728
6729 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6730
6731 while (*flags)
6732 {
6733 switch (*flags)
6734 {
6735 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6736 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6737 case '!':
6738 invert = !invert;
6739 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6740 break;
6741
6742 case 'A': case 'a':
6743 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6744 break;
6745
6746 case 'R': case 'r':
6747 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6748 break;
6749
6750 case 'W': case 'w':
6751 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6752 break;
6753
6754 case 'X': case 'x':
6755 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6756 break;
6757
6758 case 'L': case 'l':
6759 case 'I': case 'i':
6760 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6761 break;
6762
6763 default:
6764 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6765 *flags, *flags);
6766 break;
6767 }
6768 flags++;
6769 }
6770 }
6771
6772 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6773 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6774
6775 void
6776 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6777 {
6778 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6779
6780 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6781 f != NULL;
6782 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6783 func (f);
6784 }
6785
6786 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6787 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6788 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6789
6790 void
6791 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6792 {
6793 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6794 {
6795 func (f);
6796 }
6797 }
6798
6799 void
6800 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6801 {
6802 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6803 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6804 &entry->next);
6805
6806 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6807 a link. */
6808 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6809 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6810
6811 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6812 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6813 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6814 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6815
6816 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6817 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6818 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6819 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6820 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6821 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6822 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6823 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6824 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6825
6826 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6827 }
6828
6829 void
6830 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6831 {
6832 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6833 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6834 {
6835 output_filename = name;
6836 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6837 }
6838 }
6839
6840 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6841 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6842 etree_type *address_exp,
6843 enum section_type sectype,
6844 etree_type *align,
6845 etree_type *subalign,
6846 etree_type *ebase,
6847 int constraint,
6848 int align_with_input)
6849 {
6850 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6851
6852 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6853 constraint, TRUE);
6854 current_section = os;
6855
6856 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6857 {
6858 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6859 }
6860 os->sectype = sectype;
6861 if (sectype != noload_section)
6862 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6863 else
6864 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6865 os->block_value = 1;
6866
6867 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6868 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6869
6870 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6871 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6872 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6873 NULL);
6874
6875 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6876 os->section_alignment = align;
6877
6878 os->load_base = ebase;
6879 return os;
6880 }
6881
6882 void
6883 lang_final (void)
6884 {
6885 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6886
6887 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6888 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6889 }
6890
6891 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6892
6893 void
6894 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6895 {
6896 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6897 asection *o;
6898 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6899
6900 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6901 {
6902 p->current = p->origin;
6903 p->last_os = NULL;
6904 }
6905
6906 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6907 os != NULL;
6908 os = os->next)
6909 {
6910 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6911 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6912 }
6913
6914 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6915 {
6916 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6917 o->rawsize = o->size;
6918 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6919 o->size = 0;
6920 }
6921 }
6922
6923 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6924
6925 static void
6926 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6927 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6928 asection *section,
6929 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6930 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6931 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6932 {
6933 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6934 should be as well. */
6935 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6936 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6937 }
6938
6939 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6940
6941 static void
6942 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6943 {
6944 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6945 {
6946 switch (s->header.type)
6947 {
6948 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6949 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6950 break;
6951 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6952 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6953 break;
6954 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6955 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6956 break;
6957 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6958 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6959 break;
6960 default:
6961 break;
6962 }
6963 }
6964 }
6965
6966 static void
6967 lang_gc_sections (void)
6968 {
6969 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6970 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6971
6972 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6973 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6974 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6975 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6976 {
6977 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6978 {
6979 asection *sec;
6980 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6981 if (f->flags.claimed)
6982 continue;
6983 #endif
6984 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6985 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6986 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6987 }
6988 }
6989
6990 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6991 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6992 }
6993
6994 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6995
6996 static void
6997 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6998 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6999 asection *section,
7000 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7001 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7002 void *data)
7003 {
7004 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7005 size. */
7006 if (section->output_section != NULL
7007 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7008 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7009 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7010 && section->size != 0)
7011 {
7012 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7013 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7014 }
7015 }
7016
7017 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7018
7019 static void
7020 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7021 seg_align_type *seg,
7022 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7023 {
7024 if (*has_relro_section)
7025 return;
7026
7027 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7028 {
7029 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7030 break;
7031
7032 switch (s->header.type)
7033 {
7034 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7035 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7036 find_relro_section_callback,
7037 has_relro_section);
7038 break;
7039 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7040 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7041 seg, has_relro_section);
7042 break;
7043 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7044 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7045 seg, has_relro_section);
7046 break;
7047 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7048 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7049 seg, has_relro_section);
7050 break;
7051 default:
7052 break;
7053 }
7054 }
7055 }
7056
7057 static void
7058 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7059 {
7060 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7061
7062 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7063
7064 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7065 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7066
7067 if (!has_relro_section)
7068 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7069 }
7070
7071 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7072
7073 void
7074 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7075 {
7076 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7077 {
7078 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7079 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7080
7081 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7082 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7083
7084 while (i--)
7085 {
7086 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7087 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7088
7089 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7090 do
7091 {
7092 link_info.relax_trip++;
7093
7094 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7095 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7096 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7097
7098 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7099 section sizes. */
7100 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7101
7102 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7103 size. */
7104 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7105
7106 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7107 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7108 relax_again = FALSE;
7109 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7110 }
7111 while (relax_again);
7112
7113 link_info.relax_pass++;
7114 }
7115 need_layout = TRUE;
7116 }
7117
7118 if (need_layout)
7119 {
7120 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7121 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7122 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7123 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7124 }
7125 }
7126
7127 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7128 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7129 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7130 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7131 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7132 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7133 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7134 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7135 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7136 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7137 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7138
7139 static lang_input_statement_type *
7140 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7141 {
7142 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7143 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7144 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7145 claim1 != NULL;
7146 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7147 {
7148 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7149 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7150 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7151 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7152 lastobject = claim1;
7153 }
7154 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7155 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7156 insert point. */
7157 return lastobject;
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7161 added during a rescan. */
7162
7163 static lang_statement_union_type **
7164 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7165 {
7166 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7167 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7168 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7169 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7170 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7171
7172 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7173 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7174
7175 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7176 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7177 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7178 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7179 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7180 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7181 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7182 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7183 f != NULL;
7184 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7185 {
7186 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7187 {
7188 before = last_loaded;
7189 if (f->next != NULL)
7190 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7191 }
7192 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7193 last_loaded = f;
7194 }
7195
7196 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7197 *iter != NULL;
7198 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7199 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7200 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7201 break;
7202
7203 return iter;
7204 }
7205
7206 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7207 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7208 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7209
7210 static void
7211 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7212 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7213 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7214 {
7215 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7216 *field = srclist->head;
7217 if (destlist->tail == field)
7218 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7219 }
7220
7221 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7222 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7223
7224 static void
7225 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7226 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7227 {
7228 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7229 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7230 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7231 savetail = origlist->tail;
7232 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7233 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7234 destlist->tail = savetail;
7235 *savetail = NULL;
7236 }
7237 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7238
7239 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7240
7241 void
7242 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7243 {
7244 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7245
7246 if (name == NULL)
7247 return;
7248
7249 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7250
7251 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7252 sym->name = name;
7253 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7254 }
7255
7256 /* Check relocations. */
7257
7258 static void
7259 lang_check_relocs (void)
7260 {
7261 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7262 {
7263 bfd *abfd;
7264
7265 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7266 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7267 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7268 {
7269 /* No object output, fail return. */
7270 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7271 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7272 continue the scan in case there are other
7273 bad relocations to report. */
7274 }
7275 }
7276 }
7277
7278 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7279 propagate forward the lma region. */
7280
7281 static void
7282 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7283 {
7284 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7285
7286 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7287 os != NULL;
7288 os = os->next)
7289 {
7290 if (os->prev != NULL
7291 && os->lma_region == NULL
7292 && os->load_base == NULL
7293 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7294 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7295 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7296 }
7297 }
7298
7299 void
7300 lang_process (void)
7301 {
7302 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7303 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7304 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7305
7306 current_target = default_target;
7307
7308 /* Open the output file. */
7309 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7310 init_opb ();
7311
7312 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7313
7314 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7315 lang_place_undefineds ();
7316
7317 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7318 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7319
7320 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7321 current_target = default_target;
7322 lang_statement_iteration++;
7323 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7324 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7325 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7326 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7327
7328 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7329 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7330 {
7331 lang_statement_list_type added;
7332 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7333
7334 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7335 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7336 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7337 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7338 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7339 file. */
7340 added = *stat_ptr;
7341 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7342 files = file_chain;
7343 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7344 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7345 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7346 plugin_error_plugin ());
7347 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7348 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7349 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7350 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7351 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7352 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7353 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7354 /* Were any new files added? */
7355 if (added.head != NULL)
7356 {
7357 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7358 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7359 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7360 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7361 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7362 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7363 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7364 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7365 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7366 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7367 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7368 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7369 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7370 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7371 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7372 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7373 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7374 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7375 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7376 else
7377 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7378
7379 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7380 files = file_chain;
7381 lang_statement_iteration++;
7382 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7383 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7384 while (files.head != NULL)
7385 {
7386 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7387 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7388 bfd *my_arch;
7389
7390 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7391 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7392 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7393 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7394 if (my_arch != NULL)
7395 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7396 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7397 break;
7398 temp = *insert;
7399 *insert = files.head;
7400 files.head = *iter;
7401 *iter = temp;
7402 if (my_arch != NULL)
7403 {
7404 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7405 if (parent != NULL)
7406 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7407 ((char *) iter
7408 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7409 }
7410 }
7411 }
7412 }
7413 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7414
7415 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7416 before now. */
7417 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7418
7419 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7420
7421 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7422 {
7423 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7424
7425 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7426 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7427 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7428 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7429 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7430 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7431 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7432 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7433 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7434 }
7435
7436 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7437 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7438
7439 ldemul_after_open ();
7440 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7441 lang_print_asneeded ();
7442
7443 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7444
7445 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7446 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7447 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7448 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7449 link. */
7450 lang_check ();
7451
7452 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7453 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7454 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7455
7456 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7457 files. */
7458 ldctor_build_sets ();
7459
7460 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7461 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7462 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7463 if (config.build_constructors)
7464 lang_init_start_stop ();
7465
7466 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7467 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7468 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7469 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7470
7471 /* Size up the common data. */
7472 lang_common ();
7473
7474 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7475 lang_gc_sections ();
7476
7477 /* Check relocations. */
7478 lang_check_relocs ();
7479
7480 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7481
7482 /* Update wild statements. */
7483 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7484
7485 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7486 to the correct output sections. */
7487 lang_statement_iteration++;
7488 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7489
7490 process_insert_statements ();
7491
7492 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7493 lang_place_orphans ();
7494
7495 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7496 {
7497 asection *found;
7498
7499 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7500 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7501 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7502 is hard then. */
7503 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7504
7505 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7506 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7507
7508 if (found != NULL)
7509 {
7510 if (config.text_read_only)
7511 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7512 else
7513 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7514 }
7515 }
7516
7517 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7518 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7519
7520 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7521 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7522 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7523 if (config.build_constructors)
7524 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7525
7526 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7527 dynamic symbols are created. */
7528 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7529 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7530
7531 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7532 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7533 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7534
7535 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7536 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7537 lang_record_phdrs ();
7538
7539 /* Check relro sections. */
7540 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7541 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7542
7543 /* Size up the sections. */
7544 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7545
7546 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7547 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7548 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7549
7550 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7551 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7552
7553 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7554 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7555 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7556 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7557 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7558 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7559
7560 ldemul_finish ();
7561
7562 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7563 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7564
7565 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7566 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7567 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7568
7569 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7570 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7571
7572 lang_end ();
7573 }
7574
7575 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7576
7577 void
7578 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7579 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7580 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7581 {
7582 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7583 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7584
7585 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7586 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7587 curr != NULL;
7588 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7589 {
7590 next = curr->next;
7591 curr->next = section_list;
7592 }
7593
7594 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7595 {
7596 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7597 filespec->name = NULL;
7598 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7599 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7600 }
7601
7602 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7603 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7604 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7605 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7606 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7607 if (filespec != NULL)
7608 {
7609 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7610 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7611 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7612 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7613 }
7614 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7615 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7616 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7617 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7618 }
7619
7620 void
7621 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7622 const segment_type *segment)
7623 {
7624 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7625
7626 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7627 ad->section_name = name;
7628 ad->address = address;
7629 ad->segment = segment;
7630 }
7631
7632 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7633 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7634 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7635 precedence. */
7636
7637 void
7638 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7639 {
7640 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7641 || cmdline
7642 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7643 {
7644 entry_symbol.name = name;
7645 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7646 }
7647 }
7648
7649 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7650 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7651 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7652 must be permanently allocated. */
7653 void
7654 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7655 {
7656 entry_symbol_default = name;
7657 }
7658
7659 void
7660 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7661 {
7662 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7663
7664 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7665 new_stmt->target = name;
7666 }
7667
7668 void
7669 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7670 {
7671 while (*name)
7672 {
7673 switch (*name)
7674 {
7675 case 'F':
7676 map_option_f = TRUE;
7677 break;
7678 }
7679 name++;
7680 }
7681 }
7682
7683 void
7684 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7685 {
7686 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7687
7688 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7689 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7690 }
7691
7692 void
7693 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7694 {
7695 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7696
7697 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7698 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7699 new_stmt->type = type;
7700 }
7701
7702 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7703 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7704 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7705 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7706 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7707 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7708
7709 void
7710 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7711 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7712 asection *section,
7713 const char *name,
7714 union etree_union *addend)
7715 {
7716 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7717
7718 p->reloc = reloc;
7719 p->howto = howto;
7720 p->section = section;
7721 p->name = name;
7722 p->addend_exp = addend;
7723
7724 p->addend_value = 0;
7725 p->output_section = NULL;
7726 p->output_offset = 0;
7727 }
7728
7729 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7730 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7731 {
7732 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7733
7734 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7735 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7736 return new_stmt;
7737 }
7738
7739 void
7740 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7741 {
7742 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7743 }
7744
7745 void
7746 lang_startup (const char *name)
7747 {
7748 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7749 {
7750 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7751 }
7752 first_file->filename = name;
7753 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7754 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7755 }
7756
7757 void
7758 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7759 {
7760 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7761 }
7762
7763
7764 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7765 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7766
7767 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7768 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7769 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7770 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7771 had an explicit load address.
7772
7773 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7774
7775 static void
7776 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7777 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7778 const char *memspec,
7779 const char *lma_memspec,
7780 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7781 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7782 {
7783 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7784
7785 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7786 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7787 as well. */
7788 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7789 && !have_vma
7790 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7791 *region = *lma_region;
7792 else
7793 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7794
7795 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7796 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7797 NULL);
7798 }
7799
7800 void
7801 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7802 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7803 const char *lma_memspec)
7804 {
7805 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7806 &current_section->lma_region,
7807 memspec, lma_memspec,
7808 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7809 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7810
7811 current_section->fill = fill;
7812 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7813 pop_stat_ptr ();
7814 }
7815
7816 void
7817 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7818 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7819 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7820 {
7821 *(list->tail) = element;
7822 list->tail = field;
7823 }
7824
7825 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7826
7827 void
7828 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7829 const char *big,
7830 const char *little,
7831 int from_script)
7832 {
7833 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7834 {
7835 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7836 && big != NULL)
7837 format = big;
7838 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7839 && little != NULL)
7840 format = little;
7841
7842 output_target = format;
7843 }
7844 }
7845
7846 void
7847 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7848 {
7849 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7850
7851 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7852 new_stmt->where = where;
7853 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7854 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7855 }
7856
7857 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7858 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7859
7860 void
7861 lang_enter_group (void)
7862 {
7863 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7864
7865 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7866 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7867 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7868 }
7869
7870 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7871 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7872 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7873 but currently they can't. */
7874
7875 void
7876 lang_leave_group (void)
7877 {
7878 pop_stat_ptr ();
7879 }
7880
7881 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7882 command in a linker script. */
7883
7884 void
7885 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7886 etree_type *type,
7887 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7888 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7889 etree_type *at,
7890 etree_type *flags)
7891 {
7892 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7893 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7894
7895 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7896 n->next = NULL;
7897 n->name = name;
7898 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7899 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7900 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7901 n->at = at;
7902 n->flags = flags;
7903
7904 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7905
7906 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7907 if (hdrs
7908 && (*pp)->type == 1
7909 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7910 {
7911 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7912 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7913 hdrs = FALSE;
7914 }
7915
7916 *pp = n;
7917 }
7918
7919 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7920 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7921
7922 static void
7923 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7924 {
7925 unsigned int alc;
7926 asection **secs;
7927 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7928 struct lang_phdr *l;
7929 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7930
7931 alc = 10;
7932 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7933 last = NULL;
7934
7935 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7936 {
7937 unsigned int c;
7938 flagword flags;
7939 bfd_vma at;
7940
7941 c = 0;
7942 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7943 os != NULL;
7944 os = os->next)
7945 {
7946 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7947
7948 if (os->constraint < 0)
7949 continue;
7950
7951 pl = os->phdrs;
7952 if (pl != NULL)
7953 last = pl;
7954 else
7955 {
7956 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7957 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7958 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7959 continue;
7960
7961 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7962 if (l->type == 3)
7963 continue;
7964
7965 if (last == NULL)
7966 {
7967 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7968
7969 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7970 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7971 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7972 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7973 header and there are sections in that script which are
7974 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7975 use of that header. See here for more details:
7976 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7977 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7978 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7979 {
7980 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7981 break;
7982 }
7983 if (last == NULL)
7984 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7985 }
7986 pl = last;
7987 }
7988
7989 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7990 continue;
7991
7992 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7993 {
7994 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7995 {
7996 if (c >= alc)
7997 {
7998 alc *= 2;
7999 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8000 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8001 }
8002 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8003 ++c;
8004 pl->used = TRUE;
8005 }
8006 }
8007 }
8008
8009 if (l->flags == NULL)
8010 flags = 0;
8011 else
8012 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8013
8014 if (l->at == NULL)
8015 at = 0;
8016 else
8017 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8018
8019 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8020 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8021 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8022 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8023 }
8024
8025 free (secs);
8026
8027 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8028 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8029 os != NULL;
8030 os = os->next)
8031 {
8032 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8033
8034 if (os->constraint < 0
8035 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8036 continue;
8037
8038 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8039 pl != NULL;
8040 pl = pl->next)
8041 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8042 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8043 os->name, pl->name);
8044 }
8045 }
8046
8047 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8048
8049 void
8050 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8051 {
8052 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8053
8054 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8055 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8056 n->list = l;
8057 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8058 nocrossref_list = n;
8059
8060 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8061 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8062 }
8063
8064 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8065
8066 void
8067 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8068 {
8069 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8070 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8071 }
8072 \f
8073 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8074
8075 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8076 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8077 /* And subsection alignment. */
8078 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8079
8080 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8081 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8082
8083 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8084
8085 struct overlay_list {
8086 struct overlay_list *next;
8087 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8088 };
8089
8090 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8091
8092 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8093
8094 void
8095 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8096 {
8097 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8098 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8099 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8100 && overlay_max == NULL);
8101
8102 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8103 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8104 }
8105
8106 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8107 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8108 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8109
8110 void
8111 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8112 {
8113 struct overlay_list *n;
8114 etree_type *size;
8115
8116 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8117 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8118
8119 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8120 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8121 used in the addresses. */
8122 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8123 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8124
8125 /* Remember the section. */
8126 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8127 n->os = current_section;
8128 n->next = overlay_list;
8129 overlay_list = n;
8130
8131 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8132
8133 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8134 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8135 overlay_max = size;
8136 else
8137 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8138 }
8139
8140 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8141 here. */
8142
8143 void
8144 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8145 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8146 {
8147 const char *name;
8148 char *clean, *s2;
8149 const char *s1;
8150 char *buf;
8151
8152 name = current_section->name;
8153
8154 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8155 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8156 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8157 override it. */
8158 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8159
8160 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8161
8162 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8163 s2 = clean;
8164 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8165 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8166 *s2++ = *s1;
8167 *s2 = '\0';
8168
8169 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8170 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8171 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8172 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8173 FALSE));
8174
8175 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8176 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8177 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8178 exp_binop ('+',
8179 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8180 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8181 FALSE));
8182
8183 free (clean);
8184 }
8185
8186 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8187 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8188
8189 void
8190 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8191 int nocrossrefs,
8192 fill_type *fill,
8193 const char *memspec,
8194 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8195 const char *lma_memspec)
8196 {
8197 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8198 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8199 struct overlay_list *l;
8200 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8201
8202 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8203 memspec, lma_memspec,
8204 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8205
8206 nocrossref = NULL;
8207
8208 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8209 overlay region. */
8210 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8211 {
8212 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8213 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8214 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8215 }
8216
8217 l = overlay_list;
8218 while (l != NULL)
8219 {
8220 struct overlay_list *next;
8221
8222 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8223 l->os->fill = fill;
8224
8225 l->os->region = region;
8226 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8227
8228 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8229 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8230 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8231 an LMA region was specified. */
8232 if (l->next == 0)
8233 {
8234 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8235 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8236 }
8237 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8238 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8239
8240 if (nocrossrefs)
8241 {
8242 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8243
8244 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8245 nc->name = l->os->name;
8246 nc->next = nocrossref;
8247 nocrossref = nc;
8248 }
8249
8250 next = l->next;
8251 free (l);
8252 l = next;
8253 }
8254
8255 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8256 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8257
8258 overlay_vma = NULL;
8259 overlay_list = NULL;
8260 overlay_max = NULL;
8261 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8262 }
8263 \f
8264 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8265
8266 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8267 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8268 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8269
8270 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8271 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8272 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8273 const char *sym)
8274 {
8275 const char *c_sym;
8276 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8277 const char *java_sym = sym;
8278 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8279 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8280
8281 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8282 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8283 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8284 if (!c_sym)
8285 c_sym = sym;
8286 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8287
8288 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8289 {
8290 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8291 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8292 if (!cxx_sym)
8293 cxx_sym = sym;
8294 }
8295 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8296 {
8297 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8298 if (!java_sym)
8299 java_sym = sym;
8300 }
8301
8302 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8303 {
8304 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8305
8306 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8307 {
8308 case 0:
8309 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8310 {
8311 e.pattern = c_sym;
8312 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8313 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8314 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8315 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8316 goto out_ret;
8317 else
8318 expr = expr->next;
8319 }
8320 /* Fallthrough */
8321 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8322 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8323 {
8324 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8325 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8326 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8327 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8328 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8329 goto out_ret;
8330 else
8331 expr = expr->next;
8332 }
8333 /* Fallthrough */
8334 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8335 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8336 {
8337 e.pattern = java_sym;
8338 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8339 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8340 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8341 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8342 goto out_ret;
8343 else
8344 expr = expr->next;
8345 }
8346 /* Fallthrough */
8347 default:
8348 break;
8349 }
8350 }
8351
8352 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8353 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8354 expr = head->remaining;
8355 else
8356 expr = prev->next;
8357 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8358 {
8359 const char *s;
8360
8361 if (!expr->pattern)
8362 continue;
8363
8364 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8365 break;
8366
8367 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8368 s = java_sym;
8369 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8370 s = cxx_sym;
8371 else
8372 s = c_sym;
8373 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8374 break;
8375 }
8376
8377 out_ret:
8378 if (c_sym != sym)
8379 free ((char *) c_sym);
8380 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8381 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8382 if (java_sym != sym)
8383 free ((char *) java_sym);
8384 return expr;
8385 }
8386
8387 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8388 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8389
8390 static const char *
8391 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8392 {
8393 const char *p;
8394 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8395 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8396
8397 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8398 {
8399 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8400 backslash. */
8401 if (backslash)
8402 {
8403 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8404 *(s - 1) = *p;
8405 backslash = FALSE;
8406 changed = TRUE;
8407 }
8408 else
8409 {
8410 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8411 {
8412 free (symbol);
8413 return NULL;
8414 }
8415
8416 *s++ = *p;
8417 backslash = *p == '\\';
8418 }
8419 }
8420
8421 if (changed)
8422 {
8423 *s = '\0';
8424 return symbol;
8425 }
8426 else
8427 {
8428 free (symbol);
8429 return pattern;
8430 }
8431 }
8432
8433 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8434 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8435 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8436
8437 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8438 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8439 const char *new_name,
8440 const char *lang,
8441 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8442 {
8443 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8444
8445 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8446 ret->next = orig;
8447 ret->symver = 0;
8448 ret->script = 0;
8449 ret->literal = TRUE;
8450 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8451 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8452 {
8453 ret->pattern = new_name;
8454 ret->literal = FALSE;
8455 }
8456
8457 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8458 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8459 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8460 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8461 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8462 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8463 else
8464 {
8465 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8466 lang);
8467 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8468 }
8469
8470 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8471 }
8472
8473 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8474 expressions. */
8475
8476 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8477 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8478 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8479 {
8480 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8481
8482 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8483 ret->globals.list = globals;
8484 ret->locals.list = locals;
8485 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8486 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8487 return ret;
8488 }
8489
8490 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8491
8492 static int version_index;
8493
8494 static hashval_t
8495 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8496 {
8497 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8498 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8499
8500 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8501 }
8502
8503 static int
8504 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8505 {
8506 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8507 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8508 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8509 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8510
8511 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8512 }
8513
8514 static void
8515 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8516 {
8517 size_t count = 0;
8518 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8519 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8520
8521 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8522 {
8523 if (e->literal)
8524 count++;
8525 head->mask |= e->mask;
8526 }
8527
8528 if (count)
8529 {
8530 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8531 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8532 list_loc = &head->list;
8533 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8534 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8535 {
8536 next = e->next;
8537 if (!e->literal)
8538 {
8539 *remaining_loc = e;
8540 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8541 }
8542 else
8543 {
8544 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8545
8546 if (*loc)
8547 {
8548 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8549
8550 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8551 last = NULL;
8552 do
8553 {
8554 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8555 {
8556 last = NULL;
8557 break;
8558 }
8559 last = e1;
8560 e1 = e1->next;
8561 }
8562 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8563
8564 if (last == NULL)
8565 {
8566 /* This is a duplicate. */
8567 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8568 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8569 /* free (e->pattern); */
8570 free (e);
8571 }
8572 else
8573 {
8574 e->next = last->next;
8575 last->next = e;
8576 }
8577 }
8578 else
8579 {
8580 *loc = e;
8581 *list_loc = e;
8582 list_loc = &e->next;
8583 }
8584 }
8585 }
8586 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8587 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8588 }
8589 else
8590 head->remaining = head->list;
8591 }
8592
8593 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8594 version. */
8595
8596 void
8597 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8598 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8599 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8600 {
8601 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8602 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8603
8604 if (name == NULL)
8605 name = "";
8606
8607 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8608 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8609 {
8610 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8611 " with other version tags\n"));
8612 free (version);
8613 return;
8614 }
8615
8616 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8617 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8618 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8619 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8620
8621 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8622 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8623
8624 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8625 aren't any duplicates. */
8626
8627 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8628 {
8629 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8630 {
8631 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8632
8633 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8634 {
8635 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8636 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8637 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8638 {
8639 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8640 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8641 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8642 e2 = e2->next;
8643 }
8644 }
8645 else if (!e1->literal)
8646 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8647 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8648 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8649 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8650 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8651 }
8652 }
8653
8654 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8655 {
8656 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8657 {
8658 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8659
8660 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8661 {
8662 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8663 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8664 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8665 {
8666 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8667 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8668 " in version information\n"),
8669 e1->pattern);
8670 e2 = e2->next;
8671 }
8672 }
8673 else if (!e1->literal)
8674 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8675 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8676 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8677 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8678 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8679 }
8680 }
8681
8682 version->deps = deps;
8683 version->name = name;
8684 if (name[0] != '\0')
8685 {
8686 ++version_index;
8687 version->vernum = version_index;
8688 }
8689 else
8690 version->vernum = 0;
8691
8692 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8693 ;
8694 *pp = version;
8695 }
8696
8697 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8698
8699 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8700 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8701 {
8702 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8703 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8704
8705 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8706 ret->next = list;
8707
8708 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8709 {
8710 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8711 {
8712 ret->version_needed = t;
8713 return ret;
8714 }
8715 }
8716
8717 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8718
8719 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8720 return ret;
8721 }
8722
8723 static void
8724 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8725 {
8726 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8727
8728 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8729 {
8730 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8731 char *contents, *p;
8732 bfd_size_type len;
8733
8734 if (sec == NULL)
8735 continue;
8736
8737 len = sec->size;
8738 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8739 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8740 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8741
8742 p = contents;
8743 while (p < contents + len)
8744 {
8745 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8746 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8747 }
8748
8749 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8750
8751 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8752 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8753 }
8754
8755 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8756 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8757 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8758 }
8759
8760 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8761
8762 static void
8763 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8764 {
8765 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8766
8767 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8768 {
8769 if (r->origin_exp)
8770 {
8771 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8772 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8773 {
8774 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8775 r->current = r->origin;
8776 }
8777 else
8778 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8779 r->name_list.name);
8780 }
8781 if (r->length_exp)
8782 {
8783 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8784 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8785 r->length = expld.result.value;
8786 else
8787 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8788 r->name_list.name);
8789 }
8790 }
8791 }
8792
8793 void
8794 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8795 {
8796 struct unique_sections *ent;
8797
8798 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8799 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8800 return;
8801
8802 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8803 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8804 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8805 unique_section_list = ent;
8806 }
8807
8808 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8809
8810 void
8811 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8812 {
8813 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8814 {
8815 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8816 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8817 ;
8818 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8819 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8820 }
8821 else
8822 {
8823 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8824
8825 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8826 d->head.list = dynamic;
8827 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8828 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8829 }
8830 }
8831
8832 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8833 one. */
8834
8835 void
8836 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8837 {
8838 const char *symbols[] =
8839 {
8840 "typeinfo name for*",
8841 "typeinfo for*"
8842 };
8843 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8844 unsigned int i;
8845
8846 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8847 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8848 FALSE);
8849
8850 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8851 }
8852
8853 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8854 existing one. */
8855
8856 void
8857 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8858 {
8859 const char *symbols[] =
8860 {
8861 "operator new*",
8862 "operator delete*"
8863 };
8864 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8865 unsigned int i;
8866
8867 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8868 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8869 FALSE);
8870
8871 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8872 }
8873
8874 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8875
8876 void
8877 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8878 {
8879 char *p, *q;
8880
8881 p = str;
8882 while (*p)
8883 {
8884 char sep;
8885 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8886 ++p;
8887 if (!*p)
8888 break;
8889 q = p + 1;
8890 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8891 ++q;
8892 sep = *q;
8893 *q = 0;
8894 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8895 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8896 else
8897 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8898 *q = sep;
8899 p = q;
8900 }
8901 }
8902
8903 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8904
8905 static void
8906 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8907 {
8908 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8909 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8910 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8911 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8912 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8913 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8914 else
8915 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8916 }
8917
8918 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8919
8920 void
8921 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8922 {
8923 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8924
8925 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8926 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8927 {
8928 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8929 double percent;
8930
8931 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8932 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8933 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8934
8935 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8936
8937 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8938 }
8939 }
This page took 0.224228 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.